Idrive - User contributions [en]

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T12:35:48Z

Cornel: /* X2 with 3G module current draw */

= X2 Power consumption =

== X2 only current draw ==

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

== X2 with Driver ID current draw ==

430mA at 12V
245mA at 24V

== X2 with 3G module current draw ==

500mA at 12V
290mA at 24V

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T12:34:34Z

Cornel: /* X2 Power consumption */

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T11:01:46Z

Cornel: /* X2 Power consumption */

= X2 Power consumption =

== X2 only current draw ==

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

== X2 with Driver ID current draw ==

430mA at 12V
245mA at 24V

== X2 with 3G module current draw ==

TBD

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T10:11:07Z

Cornel: /* X2 only current consumption */

= X2 Power consumption =

== X2 only current consumption ==

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T10:10:52Z

Cornel: /* X2 Power consumption */

= X2 Power consumption =

= X2 only current consumption =

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T10:10:26Z

Cornel: /* X2 only current consumption */

=== X2 Power consumption ===

= X2 only current consumption =

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T10:09:39Z

Cornel: /* X2 Power consumption */

=== X2 Power consumption ===

== X2 only current consumption ==

420mA at 12V
240mA at 24V

Idrive X2 Specs

2015-04-28T10:01:19Z

Cornel: Created page with "== X2 Power consumption =="

== X2 Power consumption ==

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-03-25T11:29:58Z

Cornel: /* Lens Focusing */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:48:33Z

Cornel: /* Automatic Install */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:47:00Z

Cornel: /* Setup X2 Main Board */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:42:19Z

Cornel: /* Setup X2 Main Board */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

[[File:front.png|400px|]] [[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Back.png

2015-02-26T15:33:40Z

Cornel:

File:Front.png

2015-02-26T15:33:18Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:20:47Z

Cornel: /* 2. Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:06:51Z

Cornel: /* 4. Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto) */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T15:06:30Z

Cornel: /* 3. Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:FT settings2.png

2015-02-26T15:00:37Z

Cornel:

File:FT settings1.png

2015-02-26T14:59:50Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:54:39Z

Cornel: /* 2. Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Factory tool icon.png

2015-02-26T14:50:37Z

Cornel:

File:Factory tool.png

2015-02-26T14:50:07Z

Cornel: Cornel uploaded a new version of "File:Factory tool.png"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:45:52Z

Cornel: /* 2. Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Factory tool.png

2015-02-26T14:42:20Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:38:10Z

Cornel: /* X2 Programmer Switches */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:02:00Z

Cornel: /* 2. Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:01:29Z

Cornel: /* 1.Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T14:00:49Z

Cornel: /* 2. Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:59:25Z

Cornel: /* 1.Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Image6.png

2015-02-26T13:57:51Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:53:05Z

Cornel: /* 1.Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:46:40Z

Cornel: /* Computer Software Requirements */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:45:40Z

Cornel: /* Computer Software Requirements */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:44:54Z

Cornel: /* Computer Software Requirements */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:40:45Z

Cornel: /* X2 Programmer Connections */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Programmer.png

2015-02-26T13:38:16Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:24:48Z

Cornel: /* Setup X2 Main Board */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T13:20:16Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Image7.png

2015-02-26T13:18:02Z

Cornel:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:18:50Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]
<div style="-webkit-transform: rotate(90deg); -moz-transform: rotate(90deg);-o-transform: rotate(90deg);-ms-transform: rotate(90deg); transform: rotate(90deg)">[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 320px]]</div>

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:15:06Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 320px]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:14:25Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 1200px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:13:22Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 1024px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:11:43Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

<div style="position:relative; top:0px; left:0px;"{{Transform-rotate|90|}}display:block">
[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 980px ]]
</div>

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:09:48Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

<div style="position:relative;"{{Transform-rotate|90|}}display:block">
[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 980px ]]
</div>

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T12:07:26Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

<div style="position:relative"{{Transform-rotate|90|}}display:block">
[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 980px ]]
</div>

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T11:51:52Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 816px 1088px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T11:50:53Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 816px 1088px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T11:47:07Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 980px 100% ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-02-26T11:45:11Z

Cornel: /* Initialize Programming Station */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[ file: Image7.jpeg | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}